|
Wednesday August 14, 2024
|
|
8:00 AM - 9:00 PM
|
Rockwell Park Festival Banner
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:00-9:30am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (9:00-9:30am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (9:00-9:30am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:00-9:30am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:00-9:30am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Backyard Sports & Fitness Camp - Backyard Sports & Fitness Camp - Session 1
Program Description:This program will focus on all the fun that backyard games has to offer. Some examples of activities include kickball, capture the flag, and different forms of dodgeball. This is a way for participants to connect with their peers while playing backyard games that they love. This program is meant to be an extension of a Physical Education class outside of school. This program will encourage team building, while allowing participants to have a lot of fun!About the Instructor(s):Justin Miller is the owner and coach of Backyard Sports and Fitness. Justin is very passionate about fitness and health. He has devoted his lifestyle to physical training, athletics, and dietary habits for over 10 years. Just has helped coached many people along the way and enjoys sharing his knowledge with others to help them achieve their goals. Just is currently a physical education and health teacher at Wilby High School in Waterbury, CT and has experience working with children of all ages and fitness levels.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer Weekdays consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Levels 1 through 3, and Learn to Swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer Weekdays consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Levels 1 through 3, and Learn to Swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer Weekdays consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Levels 1 through 3, and Learn to Swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer Weekdays consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Levels 1 through 3, and Learn to Swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer Weekdays consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Levels 1 through 3, and Learn to Swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer Weekdays consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Levels 1 through 3, and Learn to Swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer Weekdays consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Levels 1 through 3, and Learn to Swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer Weekdays consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Levels 1 through 3, and Learn to Swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer Weekdays consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Levels 1 through 3, and Learn to Swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer Weekdays consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Levels 1 through 3, and Learn to Swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer Weekdays consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Levels 1 through 3, and Learn to Swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer Weekdays consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Levels 1 through 3, and Learn to Swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer Weekdays consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Levels 1 through 3, and Learn to Swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer Weekdays consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Levels 1 through 3, and Learn to Swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer Weekdays consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Levels 1 through 3, and Learn to Swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 2:00 PM
|
Whiz Kids Daycare
|
|
|
|
|
2:00 PM - 4:00 PM
|
Bristol Bell City Barnstormers
|
|
|
|
|
2:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Rockin' Out at Rockwell Summer Concert Series
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Summer Competitive Swimming Training Camp - Competitive Swimming Training Camp 2024
Get a head start on the High School swim season! Now offering an exclusive one-week intensive training camp at Page Park Pool.
Get more out of your season - Start off in swimming shape!
Daily (M-F) coached workouts over the one-week period
Stroke clinics will refine your technique and make you a more efficient swimmer
Multi-stage workout program designed to safely build cardiovascular and muscle strength in preparation for the competitive season
Stage 1: Develop flexibility and shoulder stability while working on stroke technique - learn to swim more powerfully and with less strain on joints
Stage 2: Continued stroke refinement, workouts geared toward building endurance and strength
Stage 3: Workouts continue to build strength and stamina, with additional emphasis on developing fast-twitch speed.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2024
Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2024-2025 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 8th at 4:00 PM (rain date: Sunday, June 9th at 4:00 PM). Tryouts will occur at Page Park. All NEW players to the Pony League (of any age) are encouraged to attend tryouts. Players who have played Pony League in the past, but did not play last season are also encouraged to attend tryouts. Tryout will begin at 4:00 PM and end by 5:30 PM. Players must bring their own equipment.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 9, 2024 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 10, 2024 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2024
Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2024-2025 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 8th at 4:00 PM (rain date: Sunday, June 9th at 4:00 PM). Tryouts will occur at Page Park. All NEW players to the Pony League (of any age) are encouraged to attend tryouts. Players who have played Pony League in the past, but did not play last season are also encouraged to attend tryouts. Tryout will begin at 4:00 PM and end by 5:30 PM. Players must bring their own equipment.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 9, 2024 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 10, 2024 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Golf Lessons - Junior Lessons - August
Program Description:All classes will be at Chris Cote's Top Tracer Range in Southington. The state-of-the-art facility is covered and heated so golf can be practiced in all types of weather. Adult Novice, Women Only, and Junior Clinics start at the beginning of each month and meet on the same day and at the same time for each of the 4-one hour sessions. Classes include fundamentals of the set-up, fundamentals of the golf swing, how to play with irons and woods, pitching, sand bunker play, chipping, putting, rules and etiquette, and much more. Participants can bring their own clubs or Chris Cote's will provide clubs to use during classes.*Participants who miss a class may attend a make-up date in the next session offered. Please reach out to Pete for more information or to confirm which session/date to attend.*Adult Novice classes consist of 4 one hour sessions covering a wide variety of topics. They are designed for the beginner golfer who has yet to pick up a club, as well as the more seasoned player who is struggling to break 100 and needs to work on different areas of their game. High school students ages 15 and up can sign up as well.Women Only classes are designed for the beginner golfer who is interested in learning the game, as well as the more experienced golfer who is looking to take their game to the next level. Classes consist of 4 one-hour sessions on weekday evenings that cover a wide variety of topics. High school students ages 15 and up can sign up as well.Junior Group Lessons consist of 4 one hour sessions covering a wide variety of topics. They are designed for the junior golfer (ages 7-14) who has never played before, as well as the more experienced player who wants to learn more about the game and improve their score. About the Instructor:Pete Stankevich, PGA Golf Professional and Men's and Women's Golf Coach at the University of Hartford is a two-time New England Division I Golf Association Coach of the Year. Stankevich turned pro in 1989. During that time, he competed in tournaments while working as a golf professional at various clubs, including Bear Lakes Country Club (West Palm Beach Fla.), Wampanoag Country Club, Clinton Country Club, Glastonbury Hills Country Club and Elmridge Golf Course. Stankevich was brought on as a teaching professional for Golf Quest Family Sports Center in Brookfield, Conn. Shortly thereafter, he was named the Head Golf Professional and Director of Instruction. From 1997 to 2023, he helped build Golf Quest Academy into one of the top golf academies in the Northeast, seeing it voted in the top-100 driving ranges/practice facilities in the nation almost annually by Golf Range Magazine. In addition, CTGolfer.com has named Stankevich one the state’s top-three instructors on numerous occasions. He has brought that skill set and work ethic to leading lessons at Chris Cote's. Program Benefits:By the completion of this program, participants will be able to:
- Properly set up and execute golf swing fundamentals with any club in the bag. - Identify and correct your personal swing tendencies with practice drills and fixes. - Recognize 6 of the most important rules of golf that you'll encounter on the course.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
Pickleball Leagues (NEW) - Pickleball League - Co-Ed Recreational
Program Description:Welcome to Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Service's new Pickleball League. Designed to bring together enthusiasts of all skill levels, our league promises eight weeks of exhilarating matches, camaraderie, and skill development. Whether you're a seasoned player or just getting started, there's a place for you in our league. Interested teams - ONLY THE TEAM CAPTAIN NEEDS TO REGISTER. The team captain will designate who the second rostered player on the team is during the registration process. We only require ONE registration per team. There is a maximum of 6 teams per division.The league will run for 8 total weeks. The league is tentatively scheduled from June 5 - July 31 (No games on June 19). We have added rain dates to the league schedule to accommodate for cancellations due to inclement weather. Divisions:1. Co-Ed Recreational - This division places an emphasis on fun, inclusiveness and pickleball community engagement. Players in the recreational division may have varying levels of experience with pickleball. While some players may be relatively new to the sport, others may have some experience but prefer a more relaxed and casual atmosphere. There are no strict requirements for advanced skills, but players should have a basic understanding of the game's rules and techniques. Teams may consist of 2 males, 2 females, or mixed.2. Men's Competitive Division - Players in this division should possess strong pickleball skills, including proficient serve, accurate shots (forehand, backhand, volleys), effective footwork, and strategic game play. Players should be able to execute both offensive and defensive strategies with consistency and have a solid understanding of the game's rules. Teams will be comprised of 2 male players.3. Women's Competitive Division - Players in this division should possess strong pickleball skills, including proficient serve, accurate shots (forehand, backhand, volleys), effective footwork, and strategic game play. Players should be able to execute both offensive and defensive strategies with consistency and have a solid understanding of the game's rules. Teams will be comprised of 2 female players.League Structure and Rules:- Our league will run for eight weeks. Weeks 1-7 will consist of regular season play, week 8 will feature a single elimination tournament to determine the division champion.- Games will take place on Wednesday evenings from 5:00 PM - 7:00 PM. Each team will play 2 matches per day, consisting of a best of 3 format against other teams in their division.- All games will be officiated by the players participating in the game. Any dispute of a made call will result in the replay of the point. - All games will follow USA Pickleball rules unless otherwise noted (please see attachment in the forms/links section below).- Regular season games are played to 11 points. Tournament games will be played to 21 points. - Subs are only permitted if one of the registered players cannot make it to a game. Subs are only allowed during the regular season. Benefits: - Improve your pickleball skills through regular gameplay and competition. - Build lasting friendships and connections within the pickleball community. - Stay active and healthy while having fun. - The winning team will receive a prize for their efforts.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
Pickleball Leagues (NEW) - Pickleball League - Co-Ed Recreational
Program Description:Welcome to Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Service's new Pickleball League. Designed to bring together enthusiasts of all skill levels, our league promises eight weeks of exhilarating matches, camaraderie, and skill development. Whether you're a seasoned player or just getting started, there's a place for you in our league. Interested teams - ONLY THE TEAM CAPTAIN NEEDS TO REGISTER. The team captain will designate who the second rostered player on the team is during the registration process. We only require ONE registration per team. There is a maximum of 6 teams per division.The league will run for 8 total weeks. The league is tentatively scheduled from June 5 - July 31 (No games on June 19). We have added rain dates to the league schedule to accommodate for cancellations due to inclement weather. Divisions:1. Co-Ed Recreational - This division places an emphasis on fun, inclusiveness and pickleball community engagement. Players in the recreational division may have varying levels of experience with pickleball. While some players may be relatively new to the sport, others may have some experience but prefer a more relaxed and casual atmosphere. There are no strict requirements for advanced skills, but players should have a basic understanding of the game's rules and techniques. Teams may consist of 2 males, 2 females, or mixed.2. Men's Competitive Division - Players in this division should possess strong pickleball skills, including proficient serve, accurate shots (forehand, backhand, volleys), effective footwork, and strategic game play. Players should be able to execute both offensive and defensive strategies with consistency and have a solid understanding of the game's rules. Teams will be comprised of 2 male players.3. Women's Competitive Division - Players in this division should possess strong pickleball skills, including proficient serve, accurate shots (forehand, backhand, volleys), effective footwork, and strategic game play. Players should be able to execute both offensive and defensive strategies with consistency and have a solid understanding of the game's rules. Teams will be comprised of 2 female players.League Structure and Rules:- Our league will run for eight weeks. Weeks 1-7 will consist of regular season play, week 8 will feature a single elimination tournament to determine the division champion.- Games will take place on Wednesday evenings from 5:00 PM - 7:00 PM. Each team will play 2 matches per day, consisting of a best of 3 format against other teams in their division.- All games will be officiated by the players participating in the game. Any dispute of a made call will result in the replay of the point. - All games will follow USA Pickleball rules unless otherwise noted (please see attachment in the forms/links section below).- Regular season games are played to 11 points. Tournament games will be played to 21 points. - Subs are only permitted if one of the registered players cannot make it to a game. Subs are only allowed during the regular season. Benefits: - Improve your pickleball skills through regular gameplay and competition. - Build lasting friendships and connections within the pickleball community. - Stay active and healthy while having fun. - The winning team will receive a prize for their efforts.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
Pickleball Leagues (NEW) - Pickleball League - Co-Ed Recreational
Program Description:Welcome to Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Service's new Pickleball League. Designed to bring together enthusiasts of all skill levels, our league promises eight weeks of exhilarating matches, camaraderie, and skill development. Whether you're a seasoned player or just getting started, there's a place for you in our league. Interested teams - ONLY THE TEAM CAPTAIN NEEDS TO REGISTER. The team captain will designate who the second rostered player on the team is during the registration process. We only require ONE registration per team. There is a maximum of 6 teams per division.The league will run for 8 total weeks. The league is tentatively scheduled from June 5 - July 31 (No games on June 19). We have added rain dates to the league schedule to accommodate for cancellations due to inclement weather. Divisions:1. Co-Ed Recreational - This division places an emphasis on fun, inclusiveness and pickleball community engagement. Players in the recreational division may have varying levels of experience with pickleball. While some players may be relatively new to the sport, others may have some experience but prefer a more relaxed and casual atmosphere. There are no strict requirements for advanced skills, but players should have a basic understanding of the game's rules and techniques. Teams may consist of 2 males, 2 females, or mixed.2. Men's Competitive Division - Players in this division should possess strong pickleball skills, including proficient serve, accurate shots (forehand, backhand, volleys), effective footwork, and strategic game play. Players should be able to execute both offensive and defensive strategies with consistency and have a solid understanding of the game's rules. Teams will be comprised of 2 male players.3. Women's Competitive Division - Players in this division should possess strong pickleball skills, including proficient serve, accurate shots (forehand, backhand, volleys), effective footwork, and strategic game play. Players should be able to execute both offensive and defensive strategies with consistency and have a solid understanding of the game's rules. Teams will be comprised of 2 female players.League Structure and Rules:- Our league will run for eight weeks. Weeks 1-7 will consist of regular season play, week 8 will feature a single elimination tournament to determine the division champion.- Games will take place on Wednesday evenings from 5:00 PM - 7:00 PM. Each team will play 2 matches per day, consisting of a best of 3 format against other teams in their division.- All games will be officiated by the players participating in the game. Any dispute of a made call will result in the replay of the point. - All games will follow USA Pickleball rules unless otherwise noted (please see attachment in the forms/links section below).- Regular season games are played to 11 points. Tournament games will be played to 21 points. - Subs are only permitted if one of the registered players cannot make it to a game. Subs are only allowed during the regular season. Benefits: - Improve your pickleball skills through regular gameplay and competition. - Build lasting friendships and connections within the pickleball community. - Stay active and healthy while having fun. - The winning team will receive a prize for their efforts.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
Pickleball Leagues (NEW) - Pickleball League - Men's Competitive
Program Description:Welcome to Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Service's new Pickleball League. Designed to bring together enthusiasts of all skill levels, our league promises eight weeks of exhilarating matches, camaraderie, and skill development. Whether you're a seasoned player or just getting started, there's a place for you in our league. Interested teams - ONLY THE TEAM CAPTAIN NEEDS TO REGISTER. The team captain will designate who the second rostered player on the team is during the registration process. We only require ONE registration per team. There is a maximum of 6 teams per division.The league will run for 8 total weeks. The league is tentatively scheduled from June 5 - July 31 (No games on June 19). We have added rain dates to the league schedule to accommodate for cancellations due to inclement weather. Divisions:1. Co-Ed Recreational - This division places an emphasis on fun, inclusiveness and pickleball community engagement. Players in the recreational division may have varying levels of experience with pickleball. While some players may be relatively new to the sport, others may have some experience but prefer a more relaxed and casual atmosphere. There are no strict requirements for advanced skills, but players should have a basic understanding of the game's rules and techniques. Teams may consist of 2 males, 2 females, or mixed.2. Men's Competitive Division - Players in this division should possess strong pickleball skills, including proficient serve, accurate shots (forehand, backhand, volleys), effective footwork, and strategic game play. Players should be able to execute both offensive and defensive strategies with consistency and have a solid understanding of the game's rules. Teams will be comprised of 2 male players.3. Women's Competitive Division - Players in this division should possess strong pickleball skills, including proficient serve, accurate shots (forehand, backhand, volleys), effective footwork, and strategic game play. Players should be able to execute both offensive and defensive strategies with consistency and have a solid understanding of the game's rules. Teams will be comprised of 2 female players.League Structure and Rules:- Our league will run for eight weeks. Weeks 1-7 will consist of regular season play, week 8 will feature a single elimination tournament to determine the division champion.- Games will take place on Wednesday evenings from 5:00 PM - 7:00 PM. Each team will play 2 matches per day, consisting of a best of 3 format against other teams in their division.- All games will be officiated by the players participating in the game. Any dispute of a made call will result in the replay of the point. - All games will follow USA Pickleball rules unless otherwise noted (please see attachment in the forms/links section below).- Regular season games are played to 11 points. Tournament games will be played to 21 points. - Subs are only permitted if one of the registered players cannot make it to a game. Subs are only allowed during the regular season. Benefits: - Improve your pickleball skills through regular gameplay and competition. - Build lasting friendships and connections within the pickleball community. - Stay active and healthy while having fun. - The winning team will receive a prize for their efforts.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
Pickleball Leagues (NEW) - Pickleball League - Men's Competitive
Program Description:Welcome to Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Service's new Pickleball League. Designed to bring together enthusiasts of all skill levels, our league promises eight weeks of exhilarating matches, camaraderie, and skill development. Whether you're a seasoned player or just getting started, there's a place for you in our league. Interested teams - ONLY THE TEAM CAPTAIN NEEDS TO REGISTER. The team captain will designate who the second rostered player on the team is during the registration process. We only require ONE registration per team. There is a maximum of 6 teams per division.The league will run for 8 total weeks. The league is tentatively scheduled from June 5 - July 31 (No games on June 19). We have added rain dates to the league schedule to accommodate for cancellations due to inclement weather. Divisions:1. Co-Ed Recreational - This division places an emphasis on fun, inclusiveness and pickleball community engagement. Players in the recreational division may have varying levels of experience with pickleball. While some players may be relatively new to the sport, others may have some experience but prefer a more relaxed and casual atmosphere. There are no strict requirements for advanced skills, but players should have a basic understanding of the game's rules and techniques. Teams may consist of 2 males, 2 females, or mixed.2. Men's Competitive Division - Players in this division should possess strong pickleball skills, including proficient serve, accurate shots (forehand, backhand, volleys), effective footwork, and strategic game play. Players should be able to execute both offensive and defensive strategies with consistency and have a solid understanding of the game's rules. Teams will be comprised of 2 male players.3. Women's Competitive Division - Players in this division should possess strong pickleball skills, including proficient serve, accurate shots (forehand, backhand, volleys), effective footwork, and strategic game play. Players should be able to execute both offensive and defensive strategies with consistency and have a solid understanding of the game's rules. Teams will be comprised of 2 female players.League Structure and Rules:- Our league will run for eight weeks. Weeks 1-7 will consist of regular season play, week 8 will feature a single elimination tournament to determine the division champion.- Games will take place on Wednesday evenings from 5:00 PM - 7:00 PM. Each team will play 2 matches per day, consisting of a best of 3 format against other teams in their division.- All games will be officiated by the players participating in the game. Any dispute of a made call will result in the replay of the point. - All games will follow USA Pickleball rules unless otherwise noted (please see attachment in the forms/links section below).- Regular season games are played to 11 points. Tournament games will be played to 21 points. - Subs are only permitted if one of the registered players cannot make it to a game. Subs are only allowed during the regular season. Benefits: - Improve your pickleball skills through regular gameplay and competition. - Build lasting friendships and connections within the pickleball community. - Stay active and healthy while having fun. - The winning team will receive a prize for their efforts.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
Pickleball Leagues (NEW) - Pickleball League - Men's Competitive
Program Description:Welcome to Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Service's new Pickleball League. Designed to bring together enthusiasts of all skill levels, our league promises eight weeks of exhilarating matches, camaraderie, and skill development. Whether you're a seasoned player or just getting started, there's a place for you in our league. Interested teams - ONLY THE TEAM CAPTAIN NEEDS TO REGISTER. The team captain will designate who the second rostered player on the team is during the registration process. We only require ONE registration per team. There is a maximum of 6 teams per division.The league will run for 8 total weeks. The league is tentatively scheduled from June 5 - July 31 (No games on June 19). We have added rain dates to the league schedule to accommodate for cancellations due to inclement weather. Divisions:1. Co-Ed Recreational - This division places an emphasis on fun, inclusiveness and pickleball community engagement. Players in the recreational division may have varying levels of experience with pickleball. While some players may be relatively new to the sport, others may have some experience but prefer a more relaxed and casual atmosphere. There are no strict requirements for advanced skills, but players should have a basic understanding of the game's rules and techniques. Teams may consist of 2 males, 2 females, or mixed.2. Men's Competitive Division - Players in this division should possess strong pickleball skills, including proficient serve, accurate shots (forehand, backhand, volleys), effective footwork, and strategic game play. Players should be able to execute both offensive and defensive strategies with consistency and have a solid understanding of the game's rules. Teams will be comprised of 2 male players.3. Women's Competitive Division - Players in this division should possess strong pickleball skills, including proficient serve, accurate shots (forehand, backhand, volleys), effective footwork, and strategic game play. Players should be able to execute both offensive and defensive strategies with consistency and have a solid understanding of the game's rules. Teams will be comprised of 2 female players.League Structure and Rules:- Our league will run for eight weeks. Weeks 1-7 will consist of regular season play, week 8 will feature a single elimination tournament to determine the division champion.- Games will take place on Wednesday evenings from 5:00 PM - 7:00 PM. Each team will play 2 matches per day, consisting of a best of 3 format against other teams in their division.- All games will be officiated by the players participating in the game. Any dispute of a made call will result in the replay of the point. - All games will follow USA Pickleball rules unless otherwise noted (please see attachment in the forms/links section below).- Regular season games are played to 11 points. Tournament games will be played to 21 points. - Subs are only permitted if one of the registered players cannot make it to a game. Subs are only allowed during the regular season. Benefits: - Improve your pickleball skills through regular gameplay and competition. - Build lasting friendships and connections within the pickleball community. - Stay active and healthy while having fun. - The winning team will receive a prize for their efforts.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Bristol Youth Lacrosse Summer Clinic Grades 3-8
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Football Practice
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 11:00 PM
|
Twilight Baseball Tournament
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Instructional Adult Pickleball Classes - Adult Pickleball Classes (New Beginner/Beginner)
Program Description: These instructional pickleball classes invite pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels to engage in a fun and comprehensive instructional experience. Whether you're a beginner looking to pick up a new sport and understand the game better, or an advanced player aiming to refine your skills, this program has a class tailored just for you.New Beginner/Beginner: For brand new players or for players only playing a short period of time. You will learn how to play a doubles game as we go over scoring, proper positioning, and moving in unison with your partner. This program is social as you will rotate court to court and play with numerous partners. You will also receive lessons on Dinks, Volleys, & Serve/Return.Advanced Beginner/Low Intermediate: For players who already know the rules & scoring of a doubles game. We will go over positioning, game strategy, & moving in unison with your partner. This program is both social & competitive as you will play with numerous partners. There will also be lessons on Dinks, Reflex Volleys, & Serve/Return.About the Instructor: Ken Henderson is the Director and Founder of Traveling Pickleball Pros. Ken is a IPTPA Level 2 Master teaching Pro and has served as a longtime instructor for Ridgefield CT Parks & Recreation, Greenburgh NY Parks & Recreation, and Cheshire Parks & Recreation. Ken has taught over 60 thousand players throughout 21 states for the past 16 years. Ken has taught pickleball clinics & boot camps with some of the best Pickleball Pros throughout the nation like Coach Mo & Steve O’Connell. Additionally, Ken was recognized in Forbes Magazine for hosting Instructional Clinics & Events for large corporate groups.New Beginner/Beginner Program Benefits: - Playing with other like minded Players around your level of play in a fun & social environment while learning the fundamental Shots of Game at same time. - Learning the Rules, Proper Scoring & Positioning in a Doubles Game.- Playing with numerous partners while making new pickleball friends on courts.Advanced Beginner/Intermediate Program Benefits: - Participants will learn proper technique on soft shots, such as dink shots and 3rd shot drops.- Participants will learn fundamental technique on volleys and serve/returns.- Participants will understand proper positioning, game strategy and moving with their partner in doubles play.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Pickleball Leagues (NEW) - Pickleball League - Co-Ed Recreational
Program Description:Welcome to Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Service's new Pickleball League. Designed to bring together enthusiasts of all skill levels, our league promises eight weeks of exhilarating matches, camaraderie, and skill development. Whether you're a seasoned player or just getting started, there's a place for you in our league. Interested teams - ONLY THE TEAM CAPTAIN NEEDS TO REGISTER. The team captain will designate who the second rostered player on the team is during the registration process. We only require ONE registration per team. There is a maximum of 6 teams per division.The league will run for 8 total weeks. The league is tentatively scheduled from June 5 - July 31 (No games on June 19). We have added rain dates to the league schedule to accommodate for cancellations due to inclement weather. Divisions:1. Co-Ed Recreational - This division places an emphasis on fun, inclusiveness and pickleball community engagement. Players in the recreational division may have varying levels of experience with pickleball. While some players may be relatively new to the sport, others may have some experience but prefer a more relaxed and casual atmosphere. There are no strict requirements for advanced skills, but players should have a basic understanding of the game's rules and techniques. Teams may consist of 2 males, 2 females, or mixed.2. Men's Competitive Division - Players in this division should possess strong pickleball skills, including proficient serve, accurate shots (forehand, backhand, volleys), effective footwork, and strategic game play. Players should be able to execute both offensive and defensive strategies with consistency and have a solid understanding of the game's rules. Teams will be comprised of 2 male players.3. Women's Competitive Division - Players in this division should possess strong pickleball skills, including proficient serve, accurate shots (forehand, backhand, volleys), effective footwork, and strategic game play. Players should be able to execute both offensive and defensive strategies with consistency and have a solid understanding of the game's rules. Teams will be comprised of 2 female players.League Structure and Rules:- Our league will run for eight weeks. Weeks 1-7 will consist of regular season play, week 8 will feature a single elimination tournament to determine the division champion.- Games will take place on Wednesday evenings from 5:00 PM - 7:00 PM. Each team will play 2 matches per day, consisting of a best of 3 format against other teams in their division.- All games will be officiated by the players participating in the game. Any dispute of a made call will result in the replay of the point. - All games will follow USA Pickleball rules unless otherwise noted (please see attachment in the forms/links section below).- Regular season games are played to 11 points. Tournament games will be played to 21 points. - Subs are only permitted if one of the registered players cannot make it to a game. Subs are only allowed during the regular season. Benefits: - Improve your pickleball skills through regular gameplay and competition. - Build lasting friendships and connections within the pickleball community. - Stay active and healthy while having fun. - The winning team will receive a prize for their efforts.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Pickleball Leagues (NEW) - Pickleball League - Co-Ed Recreational
Program Description:Welcome to Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Service's new Pickleball League. Designed to bring together enthusiasts of all skill levels, our league promises eight weeks of exhilarating matches, camaraderie, and skill development. Whether you're a seasoned player or just getting started, there's a place for you in our league. Interested teams - ONLY THE TEAM CAPTAIN NEEDS TO REGISTER. The team captain will designate who the second rostered player on the team is during the registration process. We only require ONE registration per team. There is a maximum of 6 teams per division.The league will run for 8 total weeks. The league is tentatively scheduled from June 5 - July 31 (No games on June 19). We have added rain dates to the league schedule to accommodate for cancellations due to inclement weather. Divisions:1. Co-Ed Recreational - This division places an emphasis on fun, inclusiveness and pickleball community engagement. Players in the recreational division may have varying levels of experience with pickleball. While some players may be relatively new to the sport, others may have some experience but prefer a more relaxed and casual atmosphere. There are no strict requirements for advanced skills, but players should have a basic understanding of the game's rules and techniques. Teams may consist of 2 males, 2 females, or mixed.2. Men's Competitive Division - Players in this division should possess strong pickleball skills, including proficient serve, accurate shots (forehand, backhand, volleys), effective footwork, and strategic game play. Players should be able to execute both offensive and defensive strategies with consistency and have a solid understanding of the game's rules. Teams will be comprised of 2 male players.3. Women's Competitive Division - Players in this division should possess strong pickleball skills, including proficient serve, accurate shots (forehand, backhand, volleys), effective footwork, and strategic game play. Players should be able to execute both offensive and defensive strategies with consistency and have a solid understanding of the game's rules. Teams will be comprised of 2 female players.League Structure and Rules:- Our league will run for eight weeks. Weeks 1-7 will consist of regular season play, week 8 will feature a single elimination tournament to determine the division champion.- Games will take place on Wednesday evenings from 5:00 PM - 7:00 PM. Each team will play 2 matches per day, consisting of a best of 3 format against other teams in their division.- All games will be officiated by the players participating in the game. Any dispute of a made call will result in the replay of the point. - All games will follow USA Pickleball rules unless otherwise noted (please see attachment in the forms/links section below).- Regular season games are played to 11 points. Tournament games will be played to 21 points. - Subs are only permitted if one of the registered players cannot make it to a game. Subs are only allowed during the regular season. Benefits: - Improve your pickleball skills through regular gameplay and competition. - Build lasting friendships and connections within the pickleball community. - Stay active and healthy while having fun. - The winning team will receive a prize for their efforts.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Pickleball Leagues (NEW) - Pickleball League - Co-Ed Recreational
Program Description:Welcome to Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Service's new Pickleball League. Designed to bring together enthusiasts of all skill levels, our league promises eight weeks of exhilarating matches, camaraderie, and skill development. Whether you're a seasoned player or just getting started, there's a place for you in our league. Interested teams - ONLY THE TEAM CAPTAIN NEEDS TO REGISTER. The team captain will designate who the second rostered player on the team is during the registration process. We only require ONE registration per team. There is a maximum of 6 teams per division.The league will run for 8 total weeks. The league is tentatively scheduled from June 5 - July 31 (No games on June 19). We have added rain dates to the league schedule to accommodate for cancellations due to inclement weather. Divisions:1. Co-Ed Recreational - This division places an emphasis on fun, inclusiveness and pickleball community engagement. Players in the recreational division may have varying levels of experience with pickleball. While some players may be relatively new to the sport, others may have some experience but prefer a more relaxed and casual atmosphere. There are no strict requirements for advanced skills, but players should have a basic understanding of the game's rules and techniques. Teams may consist of 2 males, 2 females, or mixed.2. Men's Competitive Division - Players in this division should possess strong pickleball skills, including proficient serve, accurate shots (forehand, backhand, volleys), effective footwork, and strategic game play. Players should be able to execute both offensive and defensive strategies with consistency and have a solid understanding of the game's rules. Teams will be comprised of 2 male players.3. Women's Competitive Division - Players in this division should possess strong pickleball skills, including proficient serve, accurate shots (forehand, backhand, volleys), effective footwork, and strategic game play. Players should be able to execute both offensive and defensive strategies with consistency and have a solid understanding of the game's rules. Teams will be comprised of 2 female players.League Structure and Rules:- Our league will run for eight weeks. Weeks 1-7 will consist of regular season play, week 8 will feature a single elimination tournament to determine the division champion.- Games will take place on Wednesday evenings from 5:00 PM - 7:00 PM. Each team will play 2 matches per day, consisting of a best of 3 format against other teams in their division.- All games will be officiated by the players participating in the game. Any dispute of a made call will result in the replay of the point. - All games will follow USA Pickleball rules unless otherwise noted (please see attachment in the forms/links section below).- Regular season games are played to 11 points. Tournament games will be played to 21 points. - Subs are only permitted if one of the registered players cannot make it to a game. Subs are only allowed during the regular season. Benefits: - Improve your pickleball skills through regular gameplay and competition. - Build lasting friendships and connections within the pickleball community. - Stay active and healthy while having fun. - The winning team will receive a prize for their efforts.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Pickleball Leagues (NEW) - Pickleball League - Men's Competitive
Program Description:Welcome to Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Service's new Pickleball League. Designed to bring together enthusiasts of all skill levels, our league promises eight weeks of exhilarating matches, camaraderie, and skill development. Whether you're a seasoned player or just getting started, there's a place for you in our league. Interested teams - ONLY THE TEAM CAPTAIN NEEDS TO REGISTER. The team captain will designate who the second rostered player on the team is during the registration process. We only require ONE registration per team. There is a maximum of 6 teams per division.The league will run for 8 total weeks. The league is tentatively scheduled from June 5 - July 31 (No games on June 19). We have added rain dates to the league schedule to accommodate for cancellations due to inclement weather. Divisions:1. Co-Ed Recreational - This division places an emphasis on fun, inclusiveness and pickleball community engagement. Players in the recreational division may have varying levels of experience with pickleball. While some players may be relatively new to the sport, others may have some experience but prefer a more relaxed and casual atmosphere. There are no strict requirements for advanced skills, but players should have a basic understanding of the game's rules and techniques. Teams may consist of 2 males, 2 females, or mixed.2. Men's Competitive Division - Players in this division should possess strong pickleball skills, including proficient serve, accurate shots (forehand, backhand, volleys), effective footwork, and strategic game play. Players should be able to execute both offensive and defensive strategies with consistency and have a solid understanding of the game's rules. Teams will be comprised of 2 male players.3. Women's Competitive Division - Players in this division should possess strong pickleball skills, including proficient serve, accurate shots (forehand, backhand, volleys), effective footwork, and strategic game play. Players should be able to execute both offensive and defensive strategies with consistency and have a solid understanding of the game's rules. Teams will be comprised of 2 female players.League Structure and Rules:- Our league will run for eight weeks. Weeks 1-7 will consist of regular season play, week 8 will feature a single elimination tournament to determine the division champion.- Games will take place on Wednesday evenings from 5:00 PM - 7:00 PM. Each team will play 2 matches per day, consisting of a best of 3 format against other teams in their division.- All games will be officiated by the players participating in the game. Any dispute of a made call will result in the replay of the point. - All games will follow USA Pickleball rules unless otherwise noted (please see attachment in the forms/links section below).- Regular season games are played to 11 points. Tournament games will be played to 21 points. - Subs are only permitted if one of the registered players cannot make it to a game. Subs are only allowed during the regular season. Benefits: - Improve your pickleball skills through regular gameplay and competition. - Build lasting friendships and connections within the pickleball community. - Stay active and healthy while having fun. - The winning team will receive a prize for their efforts.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Pickleball Leagues (NEW) - Pickleball League - Men's Competitive
Program Description:Welcome to Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Service's new Pickleball League. Designed to bring together enthusiasts of all skill levels, our league promises eight weeks of exhilarating matches, camaraderie, and skill development. Whether you're a seasoned player or just getting started, there's a place for you in our league. Interested teams - ONLY THE TEAM CAPTAIN NEEDS TO REGISTER. The team captain will designate who the second rostered player on the team is during the registration process. We only require ONE registration per team. There is a maximum of 6 teams per division.The league will run for 8 total weeks. The league is tentatively scheduled from June 5 - July 31 (No games on June 19). We have added rain dates to the league schedule to accommodate for cancellations due to inclement weather. Divisions:1. Co-Ed Recreational - This division places an emphasis on fun, inclusiveness and pickleball community engagement. Players in the recreational division may have varying levels of experience with pickleball. While some players may be relatively new to the sport, others may have some experience but prefer a more relaxed and casual atmosphere. There are no strict requirements for advanced skills, but players should have a basic understanding of the game's rules and techniques. Teams may consist of 2 males, 2 females, or mixed.2. Men's Competitive Division - Players in this division should possess strong pickleball skills, including proficient serve, accurate shots (forehand, backhand, volleys), effective footwork, and strategic game play. Players should be able to execute both offensive and defensive strategies with consistency and have a solid understanding of the game's rules. Teams will be comprised of 2 male players.3. Women's Competitive Division - Players in this division should possess strong pickleball skills, including proficient serve, accurate shots (forehand, backhand, volleys), effective footwork, and strategic game play. Players should be able to execute both offensive and defensive strategies with consistency and have a solid understanding of the game's rules. Teams will be comprised of 2 female players.League Structure and Rules:- Our league will run for eight weeks. Weeks 1-7 will consist of regular season play, week 8 will feature a single elimination tournament to determine the division champion.- Games will take place on Wednesday evenings from 5:00 PM - 7:00 PM. Each team will play 2 matches per day, consisting of a best of 3 format against other teams in their division.- All games will be officiated by the players participating in the game. Any dispute of a made call will result in the replay of the point. - All games will follow USA Pickleball rules unless otherwise noted (please see attachment in the forms/links section below).- Regular season games are played to 11 points. Tournament games will be played to 21 points. - Subs are only permitted if one of the registered players cannot make it to a game. Subs are only allowed during the regular season. Benefits: - Improve your pickleball skills through regular gameplay and competition. - Build lasting friendships and connections within the pickleball community. - Stay active and healthy while having fun. - The winning team will receive a prize for their efforts.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Pickleball Leagues (NEW) - Pickleball League - Men's Competitive
Program Description:Welcome to Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Service's new Pickleball League. Designed to bring together enthusiasts of all skill levels, our league promises eight weeks of exhilarating matches, camaraderie, and skill development. Whether you're a seasoned player or just getting started, there's a place for you in our league. Interested teams - ONLY THE TEAM CAPTAIN NEEDS TO REGISTER. The team captain will designate who the second rostered player on the team is during the registration process. We only require ONE registration per team. There is a maximum of 6 teams per division.The league will run for 8 total weeks. The league is tentatively scheduled from June 5 - July 31 (No games on June 19). We have added rain dates to the league schedule to accommodate for cancellations due to inclement weather. Divisions:1. Co-Ed Recreational - This division places an emphasis on fun, inclusiveness and pickleball community engagement. Players in the recreational division may have varying levels of experience with pickleball. While some players may be relatively new to the sport, others may have some experience but prefer a more relaxed and casual atmosphere. There are no strict requirements for advanced skills, but players should have a basic understanding of the game's rules and techniques. Teams may consist of 2 males, 2 females, or mixed.2. Men's Competitive Division - Players in this division should possess strong pickleball skills, including proficient serve, accurate shots (forehand, backhand, volleys), effective footwork, and strategic game play. Players should be able to execute both offensive and defensive strategies with consistency and have a solid understanding of the game's rules. Teams will be comprised of 2 male players.3. Women's Competitive Division - Players in this division should possess strong pickleball skills, including proficient serve, accurate shots (forehand, backhand, volleys), effective footwork, and strategic game play. Players should be able to execute both offensive and defensive strategies with consistency and have a solid understanding of the game's rules. Teams will be comprised of 2 female players.League Structure and Rules:- Our league will run for eight weeks. Weeks 1-7 will consist of regular season play, week 8 will feature a single elimination tournament to determine the division champion.- Games will take place on Wednesday evenings from 5:00 PM - 7:00 PM. Each team will play 2 matches per day, consisting of a best of 3 format against other teams in their division.- All games will be officiated by the players participating in the game. Any dispute of a made call will result in the replay of the point. - All games will follow USA Pickleball rules unless otherwise noted (please see attachment in the forms/links section below).- Regular season games are played to 11 points. Tournament games will be played to 21 points. - Subs are only permitted if one of the registered players cannot make it to a game. Subs are only allowed during the regular season. Benefits: - Improve your pickleball skills through regular gameplay and competition. - Build lasting friendships and connections within the pickleball community. - Stay active and healthy while having fun. - The winning team will receive a prize for their efforts.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 10:00 PM
|
Co-Ed Softball
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 10:00 PM
|
Co-Ed Softball
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM
|
Golf Lessons - Adult Novice Lessons - August
Program Description:All classes will be at Chris Cote's Top Tracer Range in Southington. The state-of-the-art facility is covered and heated so golf can be practiced in all types of weather. Adult Novice, Women Only, and Junior Clinics start at the beginning of each month and meet on the same day and at the same time for each of the 4-one hour sessions. Classes include fundamentals of the set-up, fundamentals of the golf swing, how to play with irons and woods, pitching, sand bunker play, chipping, putting, rules and etiquette, and much more. Participants can bring their own clubs or Chris Cote's will provide clubs to use during classes.*Participants who miss a class may attend a make-up date in the next session offered. Please reach out to Pete for more information or to confirm which session/date to attend.*Adult Novice classes consist of 4 one hour sessions covering a wide variety of topics. They are designed for the beginner golfer who has yet to pick up a club, as well as the more seasoned player who is struggling to break 100 and needs to work on different areas of their game. High school students ages 15 and up can sign up as well.Women Only classes are designed for the beginner golfer who is interested in learning the game, as well as the more experienced golfer who is looking to take their game to the next level. Classes consist of 4 one-hour sessions on weekday evenings that cover a wide variety of topics. High school students ages 15 and up can sign up as well.Junior Group Lessons consist of 4 one hour sessions covering a wide variety of topics. They are designed for the junior golfer (ages 7-14) who has never played before, as well as the more experienced player who wants to learn more about the game and improve their score. About the Instructor:Pete Stankevich, PGA Golf Professional and Men's and Women's Golf Coach at the University of Hartford is a two-time New England Division I Golf Association Coach of the Year. Stankevich turned pro in 1989. During that time, he competed in tournaments while working as a golf professional at various clubs, including Bear Lakes Country Club (West Palm Beach Fla.), Wampanoag Country Club, Clinton Country Club, Glastonbury Hills Country Club and Elmridge Golf Course. Stankevich was brought on as a teaching professional for Golf Quest Family Sports Center in Brookfield, Conn. Shortly thereafter, he was named the Head Golf Professional and Director of Instruction. From 1997 to 2023, he helped build Golf Quest Academy into one of the top golf academies in the Northeast, seeing it voted in the top-100 driving ranges/practice facilities in the nation almost annually by Golf Range Magazine. In addition, CTGolfer.com has named Stankevich one the state’s top-three instructors on numerous occasions. He has brought that skill set and work ethic to leading lessons at Chris Cote's. Program Benefits:By the completion of this program, participants will be able to:
- Properly set up and execute golf swing fundamentals with any club in the bag. - Identify and correct your personal swing tendencies with practice drills and fixes. - Recognize 6 of the most important rules of golf that you'll encounter on the course.
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Instructional Adult Pickleball Classes - Adult Pickleball Classes (Adv. Beginner/Low Intermediate)
Program Description: These instructional pickleball classes invite pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels to engage in a fun and comprehensive instructional experience. Whether you're a beginner looking to pick up a new sport and understand the game better, or an advanced player aiming to refine your skills, this program has a class tailored just for you.New Beginner/Beginner: For brand new players or for players only playing a short period of time. You will learn how to play a doubles game as we go over scoring, proper positioning, and moving in unison with your partner. This program is social as you will rotate court to court and play with numerous partners. You will also receive lessons on Dinks, Volleys, & Serve/Return.Advanced Beginner/Low Intermediate: For players who already know the rules & scoring of a doubles game. We will go over positioning, game strategy, & moving in unison with your partner. This program is both social & competitive as you will play with numerous partners. There will also be lessons on Dinks, Reflex Volleys, & Serve/Return.About the Instructor: Ken Henderson is the Director and Founder of Traveling Pickleball Pros. Ken is a IPTPA Level 2 Master teaching Pro and has served as a longtime instructor for Ridgefield CT Parks & Recreation, Greenburgh NY Parks & Recreation, and Cheshire Parks & Recreation. Ken has taught over 60 thousand players throughout 21 states for the past 16 years. Ken has taught pickleball clinics & boot camps with some of the best Pickleball Pros throughout the nation like Coach Mo & Steve O’Connell. Additionally, Ken was recognized in Forbes Magazine for hosting Instructional Clinics & Events for large corporate groups.New Beginner/Beginner Program Benefits: - Playing with other like minded Players around your level of play in a fun & social environment while learning the fundamental Shots of Game at same time. - Learning the Rules, Proper Scoring & Positioning in a Doubles Game.- Playing with numerous partners while making new pickleball friends on courts.Advanced Beginner/Intermediate Program Benefits: - Participants will learn proper technique on soft shots, such as dink shots and 3rd shot drops.- Participants will learn fundamental technique on volleys and serve/returns.- Participants will understand proper positioning, game strategy and moving with their partner in doubles play.
|
|
|
|
|
Thursday August 15, 2024
|
|
8:00 AM - 9:00 PM
|
Rockwell Park Festival Banner
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:00-9:30am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (9:00-9:30am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (9:00-9:30am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:00-9:30am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:00-9:30am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Backyard Sports & Fitness Camp - Backyard Sports & Fitness Camp - Session 1
Program Description:This program will focus on all the fun that backyard games has to offer. Some examples of activities include kickball, capture the flag, and different forms of dodgeball. This is a way for participants to connect with their peers while playing backyard games that they love. This program is meant to be an extension of a Physical Education class outside of school. This program will encourage team building, while allowing participants to have a lot of fun!About the Instructor(s):Justin Miller is the owner and coach of Backyard Sports and Fitness. Justin is very passionate about fitness and health. He has devoted his lifestyle to physical training, athletics, and dietary habits for over 10 years. Just has helped coached many people along the way and enjoys sharing his knowledge with others to help them achieve their goals. Just is currently a physical education and health teacher at Wilby High School in Waterbury, CT and has experience working with children of all ages and fitness levels.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer Weekdays consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Levels 1 through 3, and Learn to Swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer Weekdays consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Levels 1 through 3, and Learn to Swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer Weekdays consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Levels 1 through 3, and Learn to Swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer Weekdays consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Levels 1 through 3, and Learn to Swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer Weekdays consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Levels 1 through 3, and Learn to Swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
Learning Through Books - Learning Through Books
Program Description:Learning Through Books is a free developmental play group where parents and children ages 3 - 5 years use books and crafts to explore language, social emotional skills, counting, and engage with other parents, caregivers, and children. Books are read aloud to the group and provided for each child to take home. Craft materials and snacks are provided for each session as well.About the Instructor: Aubrey Minkler is the Community Services Coordinator for the City of Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services department. For more information, please contact Aubrey at (860) 314-4690 or aubreyminkler@bristolct.govProgram Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will be able to: - listen and engage with one book per week. - explore sounds, words, and language through imaginative play. - identify different emotions.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer Weekdays consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Levels 1 through 3, and Learn to Swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer Weekdays consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Levels 1 through 3, and Learn to Swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer Weekdays consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Levels 1 through 3, and Learn to Swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer Weekdays consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Levels 1 through 3, and Learn to Swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer Weekdays consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Levels 1 through 3, and Learn to Swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
Basketball League at Brackett Park - Basketball at Brackett Park
Basketball League at Brackett Park is a free recreational basketball league run by Youth Services staff, Bristol Police Department School Resource Officers, and Bristol Boys and Girls Club staff. This league includes six weeks of regular season games with one week of playoffs with a championship game. This is an opportunity to further develop sportsmanship skills, meet new friends in a team environment, and spend time in the park!When:11:00 AM - 1:00 PMThursdays | July 11th to August 22nd Where:Brackett Park35 N. Main St., Bristol, CT 06010Rain Location: Bristol Boys and Girls Club 225 West St. Bristol, CT 06010 Who:Bristol Youth Ages 11 to 18Cost:FREE! (pre-registration is required below)Questions? Contact Youth and Family Coordinator, Raven Cody at RavenCody@bristolct.gov.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer Weekdays consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Levels 1 through 3, and Learn to Swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer Weekdays consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Levels 1 through 3, and Learn to Swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer Weekdays consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Levels 1 through 3, and Learn to Swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer Weekdays consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Levels 1 through 3, and Learn to Swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer Weekdays consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Levels 1 through 3, and Learn to Swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
2:00 PM - 4:00 PM
|
Bristol Bell City Barnstormers
|
|
|
|
|
2:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
Birthday Party
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Summer Competitive Swimming Training Camp - Competitive Swimming Training Camp 2024
Get a head start on the High School swim season! Now offering an exclusive one-week intensive training camp at Page Park Pool.
Get more out of your season - Start off in swimming shape!
Daily (M-F) coached workouts over the one-week period
Stroke clinics will refine your technique and make you a more efficient swimmer
Multi-stage workout program designed to safely build cardiovascular and muscle strength in preparation for the competitive season
Stage 1: Develop flexibility and shoulder stability while working on stroke technique - learn to swim more powerfully and with less strain on joints
Stage 2: Continued stroke refinement, workouts geared toward building endurance and strength
Stage 3: Workouts continue to build strength and stamina, with additional emphasis on developing fast-twitch speed.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2024
Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2024-2025 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 8th at 4:00 PM (rain date: Sunday, June 9th at 4:00 PM). Tryouts will occur at Page Park. All NEW players to the Pony League (of any age) are encouraged to attend tryouts. Players who have played Pony League in the past, but did not play last season are also encouraged to attend tryouts. Tryout will begin at 4:00 PM and end by 5:30 PM. Players must bring their own equipment.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 9, 2024 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 10, 2024 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2024
Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2024-2025 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 8th at 4:00 PM (rain date: Sunday, June 9th at 4:00 PM). Tryouts will occur at Page Park. All NEW players to the Pony League (of any age) are encouraged to attend tryouts. Players who have played Pony League in the past, but did not play last season are also encouraged to attend tryouts. Tryout will begin at 4:00 PM and end by 5:30 PM. Players must bring their own equipment.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 9, 2024 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 10, 2024 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 10:00 PM
|
Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2024
Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2024-2025 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 8th at 4:00 PM (rain date: Sunday, June 9th at 4:00 PM). Tryouts will occur at Page Park. All NEW players to the Pony League (of any age) are encouraged to attend tryouts. Players who have played Pony League in the past, but did not play last season are also encouraged to attend tryouts. Tryout will begin at 4:00 PM and end by 5:30 PM. Players must bring their own equipment.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 9, 2024 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 10, 2024 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Diamond Kings
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Football Practice
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Pilates and Yoga Fusion - Pilates & Yoga Fusion - Session 1
Program Description: We are very excited to bring this amazing class that helps tone and tighten your core which will improve not only your posture, but your body awareness and flexibility! The class combines the focus on core stabilization of Pilates with the postures from yoga to flow through movements in order to work your whole body while also giving you strength of both mind and body.This class is for beginners all the way up to advanced so please do not be afraid to give it a try. We ask that you please bring your own mat.About the Instructor:Instructor, Heather Tartarelli, has a 20 hour Full of Joy Children's Yoga Teaching Certificate, as well as a 200 hour Yoga Teacher Training Certificate. Heather has also taken a 32 hour Trauma Informed Yoga for Youth Certification. Heather boasts over 750 hours of teaching yoga, and has completed the AFAA Practical Pilates course. Heather has been teaching the BPRYCS yoga programs for 5 and 1/2 years.Program Benefits:- Participants will be able to do 2 or more poses (asanas) independently, with proper alignment, using necessary modifications for his/her body to develop strength, flexibility and body awareness- Participants will be able to do 2 or more breathing techniques (pranayama) independently to regulate the nervous system, increase oxygen, calm and energize the body- Participants will be able to combine breath and movement in a sun salutation sequence (Surya Namaska A) linking mind and body for improved physical strength, better command over their body, and calmness of mind.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 10:00 PM
|
Co-Ed Softball
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM
|
Pilates and Yoga Fusion - Pilates & Yoga Fusion - Session 2
Program Description: We are very excited to bring this amazing class that helps tone and tighten your core which will improve not only your posture, but your body awareness and flexibility! The class combines the focus on core stabilization of Pilates with the postures from yoga to flow through movements in order to work your whole body while also giving you strength of both mind and body.This class is for beginners all the way up to advanced so please do not be afraid to give it a try. We ask that you please bring your own mat.About the Instructor:Instructor, Heather Tartarelli, has a 20 hour Full of Joy Children's Yoga Teaching Certificate, as well as a 200 hour Yoga Teacher Training Certificate. Heather has also taken a 32 hour Trauma Informed Yoga for Youth Certification. Heather boasts over 750 hours of teaching yoga, and has completed the AFAA Practical Pilates course. Heather has been teaching the BPRYCS yoga programs for 5 and 1/2 years.Program Benefits:- Participants will be able to do 2 or more poses (asanas) independently, with proper alignment, using necessary modifications for his/her body to develop strength, flexibility and body awareness- Participants will be able to do 2 or more breathing techniques (pranayama) independently to regulate the nervous system, increase oxygen, calm and energize the body- Participants will be able to combine breath and movement in a sun salutation sequence (Surya Namaska A) linking mind and body for improved physical strength, better command over their body, and calmness of mind.
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 9:30 PM
|
Volleyball
|
|
|
|
|
Friday August 16, 2024
|
|
8:00 AM - 9:00 PM
|
Rockwell Park Festival Banner
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:00-9:30am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (9:00-9:30am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (9:00-9:30am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:00-9:30am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:00-9:30am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Backyard Sports & Fitness Camp - Backyard Sports & Fitness Camp - Session 1
Program Description:This program will focus on all the fun that backyard games has to offer. Some examples of activities include kickball, capture the flag, and different forms of dodgeball. This is a way for participants to connect with their peers while playing backyard games that they love. This program is meant to be an extension of a Physical Education class outside of school. This program will encourage team building, while allowing participants to have a lot of fun!About the Instructor(s):Justin Miller is the owner and coach of Backyard Sports and Fitness. Justin is very passionate about fitness and health. He has devoted his lifestyle to physical training, athletics, and dietary habits for over 10 years. Just has helped coached many people along the way and enjoys sharing his knowledge with others to help them achieve their goals. Just is currently a physical education and health teacher at Wilby High School in Waterbury, CT and has experience working with children of all ages and fitness levels.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer Weekdays consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Levels 1 through 3, and Learn to Swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer Weekdays consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Levels 1 through 3, and Learn to Swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer Weekdays consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Levels 1 through 3, and Learn to Swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer Weekdays consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Levels 1 through 3, and Learn to Swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer Weekdays consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Levels 1 through 3, and Learn to Swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer Weekdays consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Levels 1 through 3, and Learn to Swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer Weekdays consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Levels 1 through 3, and Learn to Swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer Weekdays consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Levels 1 through 3, and Learn to Swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer Weekdays consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Levels 1 through 3, and Learn to Swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer Weekdays consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Levels 1 through 3, and Learn to Swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer Weekdays consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Levels 1 through 3, and Learn to Swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer Weekdays consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Levels 1 through 3, and Learn to Swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer Weekdays consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Levels 1 through 3, and Learn to Swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer Weekdays consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Levels 1 through 3, and Learn to Swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer Weekdays consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Levels 1 through 3, and Learn to Swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. Goggles strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.Weekday Sessions run Monday through Friday.There are 4 sessions of weekday lessons:Session 1: 6/24/24-7/5/24 (There will be classes July 4th)Session 2: 7/8/24-7/19/24Session 3: 7/22/24-8/2/24Session 4: 8/5/24-8/16/24Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) consists of American Red Cross Parent and Child (PCA), Preschool Aquatics (PSA) Level 1 through 3, Learn to swim (LTS) Levels 1 and 2.To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions.Pre-School Class DescriptionsAll pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old.- (PCA 1) Parent & Child Aquatics 1: This class is for parents with children ages 6 months to 3 years. This is a water introduction class where comfort in the water and submerging are taught in a low pressure and fun environment. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them water skills. Water experimentation, blowing bubbles, and basic skills are instructed through songs and activities.- (PSA 1) Pre-school Aquatics Level 1: This class teaches children the most elementary aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water.- (PSA 2) Pre-school Aquatics Level 2: This class teaches independent aquatic locomotion skills. Children continue to explore simultaneous and alternating arm and leg actions on the front and back to gain more proficiency for future strokes.- (PSA 3) Pre-school Aquatics Level 3: This class teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions.Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class DescriptionsStudents should graduate Kindergarten before moving up to a Learn to Swim class- (LTS 1) Level 1 Beginner: Introduction to Water Skills- Children learn breath control, buoyancy on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action and general water safety rules.- (LTS 2) Level 2 Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Underwater swimming, treading water, swimming in different positions and general water safety are the main focus.Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class. For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Summer Competitive Swimming Training Camp - Competitive Swimming Training Camp 2024
Get a head start on the High School swim season! Now offering an exclusive one-week intensive training camp at Page Park Pool.
Get more out of your season - Start off in swimming shape!
Daily (M-F) coached workouts over the one-week period
Stroke clinics will refine your technique and make you a more efficient swimmer
Multi-stage workout program designed to safely build cardiovascular and muscle strength in preparation for the competitive season
Stage 1: Develop flexibility and shoulder stability while working on stroke technique - learn to swim more powerfully and with less strain on joints
Stage 2: Continued stroke refinement, workouts geared toward building endurance and strength
Stage 3: Workouts continue to build strength and stamina, with additional emphasis on developing fast-twitch speed.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2024
Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2024-2025 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 8th at 4:00 PM (rain date: Sunday, June 9th at 4:00 PM). Tryouts will occur at Page Park. All NEW players to the Pony League (of any age) are encouraged to attend tryouts. Players who have played Pony League in the past, but did not play last season are also encouraged to attend tryouts. Tryout will begin at 4:00 PM and end by 5:30 PM. Players must bring their own equipment.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 9, 2024 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 10, 2024 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 10:00 PM
|
Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2024
Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2024-2025 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 8th at 4:00 PM (rain date: Sunday, June 9th at 4:00 PM). Tryouts will occur at Page Park. All NEW players to the Pony League (of any age) are encouraged to attend tryouts. Players who have played Pony League in the past, but did not play last season are also encouraged to attend tryouts. Tryout will begin at 4:00 PM and end by 5:30 PM. Players must bring their own equipment.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 9, 2024 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 10, 2024 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Bristol Youth Lacrosse Summer Clinic Grades 1-8
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Football Practice
|
|
|
|
|
Wednesday August 21, 2024
|
|
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM
|
Pencil Hunt Set- Up
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Golf Lessons - Junior Lessons - August
Program Description:All classes will be at Chris Cote's Top Tracer Range in Southington. The state-of-the-art facility is covered and heated so golf can be practiced in all types of weather. Adult Novice, Women Only, and Junior Clinics start at the beginning of each month and meet on the same day and at the same time for each of the 4-one hour sessions. Classes include fundamentals of the set-up, fundamentals of the golf swing, how to play with irons and woods, pitching, sand bunker play, chipping, putting, rules and etiquette, and much more. Participants can bring their own clubs or Chris Cote's will provide clubs to use during classes.*Participants who miss a class may attend a make-up date in the next session offered. Please reach out to Pete for more information or to confirm which session/date to attend.*Adult Novice classes consist of 4 one hour sessions covering a wide variety of topics. They are designed for the beginner golfer who has yet to pick up a club, as well as the more seasoned player who is struggling to break 100 and needs to work on different areas of their game. High school students ages 15 and up can sign up as well.Women Only classes are designed for the beginner golfer who is interested in learning the game, as well as the more experienced golfer who is looking to take their game to the next level. Classes consist of 4 one-hour sessions on weekday evenings that cover a wide variety of topics. High school students ages 15 and up can sign up as well.Junior Group Lessons consist of 4 one hour sessions covering a wide variety of topics. They are designed for the junior golfer (ages 7-14) who has never played before, as well as the more experienced player who wants to learn more about the game and improve their score. About the Instructor:Pete Stankevich, PGA Golf Professional and Men's and Women's Golf Coach at the University of Hartford is a two-time New England Division I Golf Association Coach of the Year. Stankevich turned pro in 1989. During that time, he competed in tournaments while working as a golf professional at various clubs, including Bear Lakes Country Club (West Palm Beach Fla.), Wampanoag Country Club, Clinton Country Club, Glastonbury Hills Country Club and Elmridge Golf Course. Stankevich was brought on as a teaching professional for Golf Quest Family Sports Center in Brookfield, Conn. Shortly thereafter, he was named the Head Golf Professional and Director of Instruction. From 1997 to 2023, he helped build Golf Quest Academy into one of the top golf academies in the Northeast, seeing it voted in the top-100 driving ranges/practice facilities in the nation almost annually by Golf Range Magazine. In addition, CTGolfer.com has named Stankevich one the state’s top-three instructors on numerous occasions. He has brought that skill set and work ethic to leading lessons at Chris Cote's. Program Benefits:By the completion of this program, participants will be able to:
- Properly set up and execute golf swing fundamentals with any club in the bag. - Identify and correct your personal swing tendencies with practice drills and fixes. - Recognize 6 of the most important rules of golf that you'll encounter on the course.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
Pickleball Leagues (NEW) - Pickleball League - Co-Ed Recreational
Program Description:Welcome to Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Service's new Pickleball League. Designed to bring together enthusiasts of all skill levels, our league promises eight weeks of exhilarating matches, camaraderie, and skill development. Whether you're a seasoned player or just getting started, there's a place for you in our league. Interested teams - ONLY THE TEAM CAPTAIN NEEDS TO REGISTER. The team captain will designate who the second rostered player on the team is during the registration process. We only require ONE registration per team. There is a maximum of 6 teams per division.The league will run for 8 total weeks. The league is tentatively scheduled from June 5 - July 31 (No games on June 19). We have added rain dates to the league schedule to accommodate for cancellations due to inclement weather. Divisions:1. Co-Ed Recreational - This division places an emphasis on fun, inclusiveness and pickleball community engagement. Players in the recreational division may have varying levels of experience with pickleball. While some players may be relatively new to the sport, others may have some experience but prefer a more relaxed and casual atmosphere. There are no strict requirements for advanced skills, but players should have a basic understanding of the game's rules and techniques. Teams may consist of 2 males, 2 females, or mixed.2. Men's Competitive Division - Players in this division should possess strong pickleball skills, including proficient serve, accurate shots (forehand, backhand, volleys), effective footwork, and strategic game play. Players should be able to execute both offensive and defensive strategies with consistency and have a solid understanding of the game's rules. Teams will be comprised of 2 male players.3. Women's Competitive Division - Players in this division should possess strong pickleball skills, including proficient serve, accurate shots (forehand, backhand, volleys), effective footwork, and strategic game play. Players should be able to execute both offensive and defensive strategies with consistency and have a solid understanding of the game's rules. Teams will be comprised of 2 female players.League Structure and Rules:- Our league will run for eight weeks. Weeks 1-7 will consist of regular season play, week 8 will feature a single elimination tournament to determine the division champion.- Games will take place on Wednesday evenings from 5:00 PM - 7:00 PM. Each team will play 2 matches per day, consisting of a best of 3 format against other teams in their division.- All games will be officiated by the players participating in the game. Any dispute of a made call will result in the replay of the point. - All games will follow USA Pickleball rules unless otherwise noted (please see attachment in the forms/links section below).- Regular season games are played to 11 points. Tournament games will be played to 21 points. - Subs are only permitted if one of the registered players cannot make it to a game. Subs are only allowed during the regular season. Benefits: - Improve your pickleball skills through regular gameplay and competition. - Build lasting friendships and connections within the pickleball community. - Stay active and healthy while having fun. - The winning team will receive a prize for their efforts.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
Pickleball Leagues (NEW) - Pickleball League - Co-Ed Recreational
Program Description:Welcome to Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Service's new Pickleball League. Designed to bring together enthusiasts of all skill levels, our league promises eight weeks of exhilarating matches, camaraderie, and skill development. Whether you're a seasoned player or just getting started, there's a place for you in our league. Interested teams - ONLY THE TEAM CAPTAIN NEEDS TO REGISTER. The team captain will designate who the second rostered player on the team is during the registration process. We only require ONE registration per team. There is a maximum of 6 teams per division.The league will run for 8 total weeks. The league is tentatively scheduled from June 5 - July 31 (No games on June 19). We have added rain dates to the league schedule to accommodate for cancellations due to inclement weather. Divisions:1. Co-Ed Recreational - This division places an emphasis on fun, inclusiveness and pickleball community engagement. Players in the recreational division may have varying levels of experience with pickleball. While some players may be relatively new to the sport, others may have some experience but prefer a more relaxed and casual atmosphere. There are no strict requirements for advanced skills, but players should have a basic understanding of the game's rules and techniques. Teams may consist of 2 males, 2 females, or mixed.2. Men's Competitive Division - Players in this division should possess strong pickleball skills, including proficient serve, accurate shots (forehand, backhand, volleys), effective footwork, and strategic game play. Players should be able to execute both offensive and defensive strategies with consistency and have a solid understanding of the game's rules. Teams will be comprised of 2 male players.3. Women's Competitive Division - Players in this division should possess strong pickleball skills, including proficient serve, accurate shots (forehand, backhand, volleys), effective footwork, and strategic game play. Players should be able to execute both offensive and defensive strategies with consistency and have a solid understanding of the game's rules. Teams will be comprised of 2 female players.League Structure and Rules:- Our league will run for eight weeks. Weeks 1-7 will consist of regular season play, week 8 will feature a single elimination tournament to determine the division champion.- Games will take place on Wednesday evenings from 5:00 PM - 7:00 PM. Each team will play 2 matches per day, consisting of a best of 3 format against other teams in their division.- All games will be officiated by the players participating in the game. Any dispute of a made call will result in the replay of the point. - All games will follow USA Pickleball rules unless otherwise noted (please see attachment in the forms/links section below).- Regular season games are played to 11 points. Tournament games will be played to 21 points. - Subs are only permitted if one of the registered players cannot make it to a game. Subs are only allowed during the regular season. Benefits: - Improve your pickleball skills through regular gameplay and competition. - Build lasting friendships and connections within the pickleball community. - Stay active and healthy while having fun. - The winning team will receive a prize for their efforts.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
Pickleball Leagues (NEW) - Pickleball League - Co-Ed Recreational
Program Description:Welcome to Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Service's new Pickleball League. Designed to bring together enthusiasts of all skill levels, our league promises eight weeks of exhilarating matches, camaraderie, and skill development. Whether you're a seasoned player or just getting started, there's a place for you in our league. Interested teams - ONLY THE TEAM CAPTAIN NEEDS TO REGISTER. The team captain will designate who the second rostered player on the team is during the registration process. We only require ONE registration per team. There is a maximum of 6 teams per division.The league will run for 8 total weeks. The league is tentatively scheduled from June 5 - July 31 (No games on June 19). We have added rain dates to the league schedule to accommodate for cancellations due to inclement weather. Divisions:1. Co-Ed Recreational - This division places an emphasis on fun, inclusiveness and pickleball community engagement. Players in the recreational division may have varying levels of experience with pickleball. While some players may be relatively new to the sport, others may have some experience but prefer a more relaxed and casual atmosphere. There are no strict requirements for advanced skills, but players should have a basic understanding of the game's rules and techniques. Teams may consist of 2 males, 2 females, or mixed.2. Men's Competitive Division - Players in this division should possess strong pickleball skills, including proficient serve, accurate shots (forehand, backhand, volleys), effective footwork, and strategic game play. Players should be able to execute both offensive and defensive strategies with consistency and have a solid understanding of the game's rules. Teams will be comprised of 2 male players.3. Women's Competitive Division - Players in this division should possess strong pickleball skills, including proficient serve, accurate shots (forehand, backhand, volleys), effective footwork, and strategic game play. Players should be able to execute both offensive and defensive strategies with consistency and have a solid understanding of the game's rules. Teams will be comprised of 2 female players.League Structure and Rules:- Our league will run for eight weeks. Weeks 1-7 will consist of regular season play, week 8 will feature a single elimination tournament to determine the division champion.- Games will take place on Wednesday evenings from 5:00 PM - 7:00 PM. Each team will play 2 matches per day, consisting of a best of 3 format against other teams in their division.- All games will be officiated by the players participating in the game. Any dispute of a made call will result in the replay of the point. - All games will follow USA Pickleball rules unless otherwise noted (please see attachment in the forms/links section below).- Regular season games are played to 11 points. Tournament games will be played to 21 points. - Subs are only permitted if one of the registered players cannot make it to a game. Subs are only allowed during the regular season. Benefits: - Improve your pickleball skills through regular gameplay and competition. - Build lasting friendships and connections within the pickleball community. - Stay active and healthy while having fun. - The winning team will receive a prize for their efforts.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
Pickleball Leagues (NEW) - Pickleball League - Men's Competitive
Program Description:Welcome to Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Service's new Pickleball League. Designed to bring together enthusiasts of all skill levels, our league promises eight weeks of exhilarating matches, camaraderie, and skill development. Whether you're a seasoned player or just getting started, there's a place for you in our league. Interested teams - ONLY THE TEAM CAPTAIN NEEDS TO REGISTER. The team captain will designate who the second rostered player on the team is during the registration process. We only require ONE registration per team. There is a maximum of 6 teams per division.The league will run for 8 total weeks. The league is tentatively scheduled from June 5 - July 31 (No games on June 19). We have added rain dates to the league schedule to accommodate for cancellations due to inclement weather. Divisions:1. Co-Ed Recreational - This division places an emphasis on fun, inclusiveness and pickleball community engagement. Players in the recreational division may have varying levels of experience with pickleball. While some players may be relatively new to the sport, others may have some experience but prefer a more relaxed and casual atmosphere. There are no strict requirements for advanced skills, but players should have a basic understanding of the game's rules and techniques. Teams may consist of 2 males, 2 females, or mixed.2. Men's Competitive Division - Players in this division should possess strong pickleball skills, including proficient serve, accurate shots (forehand, backhand, volleys), effective footwork, and strategic game play. Players should be able to execute both offensive and defensive strategies with consistency and have a solid understanding of the game's rules. Teams will be comprised of 2 male players.3. Women's Competitive Division - Players in this division should possess strong pickleball skills, including proficient serve, accurate shots (forehand, backhand, volleys), effective footwork, and strategic game play. Players should be able to execute both offensive and defensive strategies with consistency and have a solid understanding of the game's rules. Teams will be comprised of 2 female players.League Structure and Rules:- Our league will run for eight weeks. Weeks 1-7 will consist of regular season play, week 8 will feature a single elimination tournament to determine the division champion.- Games will take place on Wednesday evenings from 5:00 PM - 7:00 PM. Each team will play 2 matches per day, consisting of a best of 3 format against other teams in their division.- All games will be officiated by the players participating in the game. Any dispute of a made call will result in the replay of the point. - All games will follow USA Pickleball rules unless otherwise noted (please see attachment in the forms/links section below).- Regular season games are played to 11 points. Tournament games will be played to 21 points. - Subs are only permitted if one of the registered players cannot make it to a game. Subs are only allowed during the regular season. Benefits: - Improve your pickleball skills through regular gameplay and competition. - Build lasting friendships and connections within the pickleball community. - Stay active and healthy while having fun. - The winning team will receive a prize for their efforts.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
Pickleball Leagues (NEW) - Pickleball League - Men's Competitive
Program Description:Welcome to Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Service's new Pickleball League. Designed to bring together enthusiasts of all skill levels, our league promises eight weeks of exhilarating matches, camaraderie, and skill development. Whether you're a seasoned player or just getting started, there's a place for you in our league. Interested teams - ONLY THE TEAM CAPTAIN NEEDS TO REGISTER. The team captain will designate who the second rostered player on the team is during the registration process. We only require ONE registration per team. There is a maximum of 6 teams per division.The league will run for 8 total weeks. The league is tentatively scheduled from June 5 - July 31 (No games on June 19). We have added rain dates to the league schedule to accommodate for cancellations due to inclement weather. Divisions:1. Co-Ed Recreational - This division places an emphasis on fun, inclusiveness and pickleball community engagement. Players in the recreational division may have varying levels of experience with pickleball. While some players may be relatively new to the sport, others may have some experience but prefer a more relaxed and casual atmosphere. There are no strict requirements for advanced skills, but players should have a basic understanding of the game's rules and techniques. Teams may consist of 2 males, 2 females, or mixed.2. Men's Competitive Division - Players in this division should possess strong pickleball skills, including proficient serve, accurate shots (forehand, backhand, volleys), effective footwork, and strategic game play. Players should be able to execute both offensive and defensive strategies with consistency and have a solid understanding of the game's rules. Teams will be comprised of 2 male players.3. Women's Competitive Division - Players in this division should possess strong pickleball skills, including proficient serve, accurate shots (forehand, backhand, volleys), effective footwork, and strategic game play. Players should be able to execute both offensive and defensive strategies with consistency and have a solid understanding of the game's rules. Teams will be comprised of 2 female players.League Structure and Rules:- Our league will run for eight weeks. Weeks 1-7 will consist of regular season play, week 8 will feature a single elimination tournament to determine the division champion.- Games will take place on Wednesday evenings from 5:00 PM - 7:00 PM. Each team will play 2 matches per day, consisting of a best of 3 format against other teams in their division.- All games will be officiated by the players participating in the game. Any dispute of a made call will result in the replay of the point. - All games will follow USA Pickleball rules unless otherwise noted (please see attachment in the forms/links section below).- Regular season games are played to 11 points. Tournament games will be played to 21 points. - Subs are only permitted if one of the registered players cannot make it to a game. Subs are only allowed during the regular season. Benefits: - Improve your pickleball skills through regular gameplay and competition. - Build lasting friendships and connections within the pickleball community. - Stay active and healthy while having fun. - The winning team will receive a prize for their efforts.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
Pickleball Leagues (NEW) - Pickleball League - Men's Competitive
Program Description:Welcome to Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Service's new Pickleball League. Designed to bring together enthusiasts of all skill levels, our league promises eight weeks of exhilarating matches, camaraderie, and skill development. Whether you're a seasoned player or just getting started, there's a place for you in our league. Interested teams - ONLY THE TEAM CAPTAIN NEEDS TO REGISTER. The team captain will designate who the second rostered player on the team is during the registration process. We only require ONE registration per team. There is a maximum of 6 teams per division.The league will run for 8 total weeks. The league is tentatively scheduled from June 5 - July 31 (No games on June 19). We have added rain dates to the league schedule to accommodate for cancellations due to inclement weather. Divisions:1. Co-Ed Recreational - This division places an emphasis on fun, inclusiveness and pickleball community engagement. Players in the recreational division may have varying levels of experience with pickleball. While some players may be relatively new to the sport, others may have some experience but prefer a more relaxed and casual atmosphere. There are no strict requirements for advanced skills, but players should have a basic understanding of the game's rules and techniques. Teams may consist of 2 males, 2 females, or mixed.2. Men's Competitive Division - Players in this division should possess strong pickleball skills, including proficient serve, accurate shots (forehand, backhand, volleys), effective footwork, and strategic game play. Players should be able to execute both offensive and defensive strategies with consistency and have a solid understanding of the game's rules. Teams will be comprised of 2 male players.3. Women's Competitive Division - Players in this division should possess strong pickleball skills, including proficient serve, accurate shots (forehand, backhand, volleys), effective footwork, and strategic game play. Players should be able to execute both offensive and defensive strategies with consistency and have a solid understanding of the game's rules. Teams will be comprised of 2 female players.League Structure and Rules:- Our league will run for eight weeks. Weeks 1-7 will consist of regular season play, week 8 will feature a single elimination tournament to determine the division champion.- Games will take place on Wednesday evenings from 5:00 PM - 7:00 PM. Each team will play 2 matches per day, consisting of a best of 3 format against other teams in their division.- All games will be officiated by the players participating in the game. Any dispute of a made call will result in the replay of the point. - All games will follow USA Pickleball rules unless otherwise noted (please see attachment in the forms/links section below).- Regular season games are played to 11 points. Tournament games will be played to 21 points. - Subs are only permitted if one of the registered players cannot make it to a game. Subs are only allowed during the regular season. Benefits: - Improve your pickleball skills through regular gameplay and competition. - Build lasting friendships and connections within the pickleball community. - Stay active and healthy while having fun. - The winning team will receive a prize for their efforts.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Bristol Youth Lacrosse Summer Clinic Grades 3-8
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Football Practice
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 7:30 PM
|
Work Intramurals
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 7:30 PM
|
Work Intramurals
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Instructional Adult Pickleball Classes - Adult Pickleball Classes (New Beginner/Beginner)
Program Description: These instructional pickleball classes invite pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels to engage in a fun and comprehensive instructional experience. Whether you're a beginner looking to pick up a new sport and understand the game better, or an advanced player aiming to refine your skills, this program has a class tailored just for you.New Beginner/Beginner: For brand new players or for players only playing a short period of time. You will learn how to play a doubles game as we go over scoring, proper positioning, and moving in unison with your partner. This program is social as you will rotate court to court and play with numerous partners. You will also receive lessons on Dinks, Volleys, & Serve/Return.Advanced Beginner/Low Intermediate: For players who already know the rules & scoring of a doubles game. We will go over positioning, game strategy, & moving in unison with your partner. This program is both social & competitive as you will play with numerous partners. There will also be lessons on Dinks, Reflex Volleys, & Serve/Return.About the Instructor: Ken Henderson is the Director and Founder of Traveling Pickleball Pros. Ken is a IPTPA Level 2 Master teaching Pro and has served as a longtime instructor for Ridgefield CT Parks & Recreation, Greenburgh NY Parks & Recreation, and Cheshire Parks & Recreation. Ken has taught over 60 thousand players throughout 21 states for the past 16 years. Ken has taught pickleball clinics & boot camps with some of the best Pickleball Pros throughout the nation like Coach Mo & Steve O’Connell. Additionally, Ken was recognized in Forbes Magazine for hosting Instructional Clinics & Events for large corporate groups.New Beginner/Beginner Program Benefits: - Playing with other like minded Players around your level of play in a fun & social environment while learning the fundamental Shots of Game at same time. - Learning the Rules, Proper Scoring & Positioning in a Doubles Game.- Playing with numerous partners while making new pickleball friends on courts.Advanced Beginner/Intermediate Program Benefits: - Participants will learn proper technique on soft shots, such as dink shots and 3rd shot drops.- Participants will learn fundamental technique on volleys and serve/returns.- Participants will understand proper positioning, game strategy and moving with their partner in doubles play.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Pickleball Leagues (NEW) - Pickleball League - Co-Ed Recreational
Program Description:Welcome to Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Service's new Pickleball League. Designed to bring together enthusiasts of all skill levels, our league promises eight weeks of exhilarating matches, camaraderie, and skill development. Whether you're a seasoned player or just getting started, there's a place for you in our league. Interested teams - ONLY THE TEAM CAPTAIN NEEDS TO REGISTER. The team captain will designate who the second rostered player on the team is during the registration process. We only require ONE registration per team. There is a maximum of 6 teams per division.The league will run for 8 total weeks. The league is tentatively scheduled from June 5 - July 31 (No games on June 19). We have added rain dates to the league schedule to accommodate for cancellations due to inclement weather. Divisions:1. Co-Ed Recreational - This division places an emphasis on fun, inclusiveness and pickleball community engagement. Players in the recreational division may have varying levels of experience with pickleball. While some players may be relatively new to the sport, others may have some experience but prefer a more relaxed and casual atmosphere. There are no strict requirements for advanced skills, but players should have a basic understanding of the game's rules and techniques. Teams may consist of 2 males, 2 females, or mixed.2. Men's Competitive Division - Players in this division should possess strong pickleball skills, including proficient serve, accurate shots (forehand, backhand, volleys), effective footwork, and strategic game play. Players should be able to execute both offensive and defensive strategies with consistency and have a solid understanding of the game's rules. Teams will be comprised of 2 male players.3. Women's Competitive Division - Players in this division should possess strong pickleball skills, including proficient serve, accurate shots (forehand, backhand, volleys), effective footwork, and strategic game play. Players should be able to execute both offensive and defensive strategies with consistency and have a solid understanding of the game's rules. Teams will be comprised of 2 female players.League Structure and Rules:- Our league will run for eight weeks. Weeks 1-7 will consist of regular season play, week 8 will feature a single elimination tournament to determine the division champion.- Games will take place on Wednesday evenings from 5:00 PM - 7:00 PM. Each team will play 2 matches per day, consisting of a best of 3 format against other teams in their division.- All games will be officiated by the players participating in the game. Any dispute of a made call will result in the replay of the point. - All games will follow USA Pickleball rules unless otherwise noted (please see attachment in the forms/links section below).- Regular season games are played to 11 points. Tournament games will be played to 21 points. - Subs are only permitted if one of the registered players cannot make it to a game. Subs are only allowed during the regular season. Benefits: - Improve your pickleball skills through regular gameplay and competition. - Build lasting friendships and connections within the pickleball community. - Stay active and healthy while having fun. - The winning team will receive a prize for their efforts.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Pickleball Leagues (NEW) - Pickleball League - Co-Ed Recreational
Program Description:Welcome to Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Service's new Pickleball League. Designed to bring together enthusiasts of all skill levels, our league promises eight weeks of exhilarating matches, camaraderie, and skill development. Whether you're a seasoned player or just getting started, there's a place for you in our league. Interested teams - ONLY THE TEAM CAPTAIN NEEDS TO REGISTER. The team captain will designate who the second rostered player on the team is during the registration process. We only require ONE registration per team. There is a maximum of 6 teams per division.The league will run for 8 total weeks. The league is tentatively scheduled from June 5 - July 31 (No games on June 19). We have added rain dates to the league schedule to accommodate for cancellations due to inclement weather. Divisions:1. Co-Ed Recreational - This division places an emphasis on fun, inclusiveness and pickleball community engagement. Players in the recreational division may have varying levels of experience with pickleball. While some players may be relatively new to the sport, others may have some experience but prefer a more relaxed and casual atmosphere. There are no strict requirements for advanced skills, but players should have a basic understanding of the game's rules and techniques. Teams may consist of 2 males, 2 females, or mixed.2. Men's Competitive Division - Players in this division should possess strong pickleball skills, including proficient serve, accurate shots (forehand, backhand, volleys), effective footwork, and strategic game play. Players should be able to execute both offensive and defensive strategies with consistency and have a solid understanding of the game's rules. Teams will be comprised of 2 male players.3. Women's Competitive Division - Players in this division should possess strong pickleball skills, including proficient serve, accurate shots (forehand, backhand, volleys), effective footwork, and strategic game play. Players should be able to execute both offensive and defensive strategies with consistency and have a solid understanding of the game's rules. Teams will be comprised of 2 female players.League Structure and Rules:- Our league will run for eight weeks. Weeks 1-7 will consist of regular season play, week 8 will feature a single elimination tournament to determine the division champion.- Games will take place on Wednesday evenings from 5:00 PM - 7:00 PM. Each team will play 2 matches per day, consisting of a best of 3 format against other teams in their division.- All games will be officiated by the players participating in the game. Any dispute of a made call will result in the replay of the point. - All games will follow USA Pickleball rules unless otherwise noted (please see attachment in the forms/links section below).- Regular season games are played to 11 points. Tournament games will be played to 21 points. - Subs are only permitted if one of the registered players cannot make it to a game. Subs are only allowed during the regular season. Benefits: - Improve your pickleball skills through regular gameplay and competition. - Build lasting friendships and connections within the pickleball community. - Stay active and healthy while having fun. - The winning team will receive a prize for their efforts.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Pickleball Leagues (NEW) - Pickleball League - Co-Ed Recreational
Program Description:Welcome to Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Service's new Pickleball League. Designed to bring together enthusiasts of all skill levels, our league promises eight weeks of exhilarating matches, camaraderie, and skill development. Whether you're a seasoned player or just getting started, there's a place for you in our league. Interested teams - ONLY THE TEAM CAPTAIN NEEDS TO REGISTER. The team captain will designate who the second rostered player on the team is during the registration process. We only require ONE registration per team. There is a maximum of 6 teams per division.The league will run for 8 total weeks. The league is tentatively scheduled from June 5 - July 31 (No games on June 19). We have added rain dates to the league schedule to accommodate for cancellations due to inclement weather. Divisions:1. Co-Ed Recreational - This division places an emphasis on fun, inclusiveness and pickleball community engagement. Players in the recreational division may have varying levels of experience with pickleball. While some players may be relatively new to the sport, others may have some experience but prefer a more relaxed and casual atmosphere. There are no strict requirements for advanced skills, but players should have a basic understanding of the game's rules and techniques. Teams may consist of 2 males, 2 females, or mixed.2. Men's Competitive Division - Players in this division should possess strong pickleball skills, including proficient serve, accurate shots (forehand, backhand, volleys), effective footwork, and strategic game play. Players should be able to execute both offensive and defensive strategies with consistency and have a solid understanding of the game's rules. Teams will be comprised of 2 male players.3. Women's Competitive Division - Players in this division should possess strong pickleball skills, including proficient serve, accurate shots (forehand, backhand, volleys), effective footwork, and strategic game play. Players should be able to execute both offensive and defensive strategies with consistency and have a solid understanding of the game's rules. Teams will be comprised of 2 female players.League Structure and Rules:- Our league will run for eight weeks. Weeks 1-7 will consist of regular season play, week 8 will feature a single elimination tournament to determine the division champion.- Games will take place on Wednesday evenings from 5:00 PM - 7:00 PM. Each team will play 2 matches per day, consisting of a best of 3 format against other teams in their division.- All games will be officiated by the players participating in the game. Any dispute of a made call will result in the replay of the point. - All games will follow USA Pickleball rules unless otherwise noted (please see attachment in the forms/links section below).- Regular season games are played to 11 points. Tournament games will be played to 21 points. - Subs are only permitted if one of the registered players cannot make it to a game. Subs are only allowed during the regular season. Benefits: - Improve your pickleball skills through regular gameplay and competition. - Build lasting friendships and connections within the pickleball community. - Stay active and healthy while having fun. - The winning team will receive a prize for their efforts.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Pickleball Leagues (NEW) - Pickleball League - Men's Competitive
Program Description:Welcome to Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Service's new Pickleball League. Designed to bring together enthusiasts of all skill levels, our league promises eight weeks of exhilarating matches, camaraderie, and skill development. Whether you're a seasoned player or just getting started, there's a place for you in our league. Interested teams - ONLY THE TEAM CAPTAIN NEEDS TO REGISTER. The team captain will designate who the second rostered player on the team is during the registration process. We only require ONE registration per team. There is a maximum of 6 teams per division.The league will run for 8 total weeks. The league is tentatively scheduled from June 5 - July 31 (No games on June 19). We have added rain dates to the league schedule to accommodate for cancellations due to inclement weather. Divisions:1. Co-Ed Recreational - This division places an emphasis on fun, inclusiveness and pickleball community engagement. Players in the recreational division may have varying levels of experience with pickleball. While some players may be relatively new to the sport, others may have some experience but prefer a more relaxed and casual atmosphere. There are no strict requirements for advanced skills, but players should have a basic understanding of the game's rules and techniques. Teams may consist of 2 males, 2 females, or mixed.2. Men's Competitive Division - Players in this division should possess strong pickleball skills, including proficient serve, accurate shots (forehand, backhand, volleys), effective footwork, and strategic game play. Players should be able to execute both offensive and defensive strategies with consistency and have a solid understanding of the game's rules. Teams will be comprised of 2 male players.3. Women's Competitive Division - Players in this division should possess strong pickleball skills, including proficient serve, accurate shots (forehand, backhand, volleys), effective footwork, and strategic game play. Players should be able to execute both offensive and defensive strategies with consistency and have a solid understanding of the game's rules. Teams will be comprised of 2 female players.League Structure and Rules:- Our league will run for eight weeks. Weeks 1-7 will consist of regular season play, week 8 will feature a single elimination tournament to determine the division champion.- Games will take place on Wednesday evenings from 5:00 PM - 7:00 PM. Each team will play 2 matches per day, consisting of a best of 3 format against other teams in their division.- All games will be officiated by the players participating in the game. Any dispute of a made call will result in the replay of the point. - All games will follow USA Pickleball rules unless otherwise noted (please see attachment in the forms/links section below).- Regular season games are played to 11 points. Tournament games will be played to 21 points. - Subs are only permitted if one of the registered players cannot make it to a game. Subs are only allowed during the regular season. Benefits: - Improve your pickleball skills through regular gameplay and competition. - Build lasting friendships and connections within the pickleball community. - Stay active and healthy while having fun. - The winning team will receive a prize for their efforts.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Pickleball Leagues (NEW) - Pickleball League - Men's Competitive
Program Description:Welcome to Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Service's new Pickleball League. Designed to bring together enthusiasts of all skill levels, our league promises eight weeks of exhilarating matches, camaraderie, and skill development. Whether you're a seasoned player or just getting started, there's a place for you in our league. Interested teams - ONLY THE TEAM CAPTAIN NEEDS TO REGISTER. The team captain will designate who the second rostered player on the team is during the registration process. We only require ONE registration per team. There is a maximum of 6 teams per division.The league will run for 8 total weeks. The league is tentatively scheduled from June 5 - July 31 (No games on June 19). We have added rain dates to the league schedule to accommodate for cancellations due to inclement weather. Divisions:1. Co-Ed Recreational - This division places an emphasis on fun, inclusiveness and pickleball community engagement. Players in the recreational division may have varying levels of experience with pickleball. While some players may be relatively new to the sport, others may have some experience but prefer a more relaxed and casual atmosphere. There are no strict requirements for advanced skills, but players should have a basic understanding of the game's rules and techniques. Teams may consist of 2 males, 2 females, or mixed.2. Men's Competitive Division - Players in this division should possess strong pickleball skills, including proficient serve, accurate shots (forehand, backhand, volleys), effective footwork, and strategic game play. Players should be able to execute both offensive and defensive strategies with consistency and have a solid understanding of the game's rules. Teams will be comprised of 2 male players.3. Women's Competitive Division - Players in this division should possess strong pickleball skills, including proficient serve, accurate shots (forehand, backhand, volleys), effective footwork, and strategic game play. Players should be able to execute both offensive and defensive strategies with consistency and have a solid understanding of the game's rules. Teams will be comprised of 2 female players.League Structure and Rules:- Our league will run for eight weeks. Weeks 1-7 will consist of regular season play, week 8 will feature a single elimination tournament to determine the division champion.- Games will take place on Wednesday evenings from 5:00 PM - 7:00 PM. Each team will play 2 matches per day, consisting of a best of 3 format against other teams in their division.- All games will be officiated by the players participating in the game. Any dispute of a made call will result in the replay of the point. - All games will follow USA Pickleball rules unless otherwise noted (please see attachment in the forms/links section below).- Regular season games are played to 11 points. Tournament games will be played to 21 points. - Subs are only permitted if one of the registered players cannot make it to a game. Subs are only allowed during the regular season. Benefits: - Improve your pickleball skills through regular gameplay and competition. - Build lasting friendships and connections within the pickleball community. - Stay active and healthy while having fun. - The winning team will receive a prize for their efforts.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Pickleball Leagues (NEW) - Pickleball League - Men's Competitive
Program Description:Welcome to Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Service's new Pickleball League. Designed to bring together enthusiasts of all skill levels, our league promises eight weeks of exhilarating matches, camaraderie, and skill development. Whether you're a seasoned player or just getting started, there's a place for you in our league. Interested teams - ONLY THE TEAM CAPTAIN NEEDS TO REGISTER. The team captain will designate who the second rostered player on the team is during the registration process. We only require ONE registration per team. There is a maximum of 6 teams per division.The league will run for 8 total weeks. The league is tentatively scheduled from June 5 - July 31 (No games on June 19). We have added rain dates to the league schedule to accommodate for cancellations due to inclement weather. Divisions:1. Co-Ed Recreational - This division places an emphasis on fun, inclusiveness and pickleball community engagement. Players in the recreational division may have varying levels of experience with pickleball. While some players may be relatively new to the sport, others may have some experience but prefer a more relaxed and casual atmosphere. There are no strict requirements for advanced skills, but players should have a basic understanding of the game's rules and techniques. Teams may consist of 2 males, 2 females, or mixed.2. Men's Competitive Division - Players in this division should possess strong pickleball skills, including proficient serve, accurate shots (forehand, backhand, volleys), effective footwork, and strategic game play. Players should be able to execute both offensive and defensive strategies with consistency and have a solid understanding of the game's rules. Teams will be comprised of 2 male players.3. Women's Competitive Division - Players in this division should possess strong pickleball skills, including proficient serve, accurate shots (forehand, backhand, volleys), effective footwork, and strategic game play. Players should be able to execute both offensive and defensive strategies with consistency and have a solid understanding of the game's rules. Teams will be comprised of 2 female players.League Structure and Rules:- Our league will run for eight weeks. Weeks 1-7 will consist of regular season play, week 8 will feature a single elimination tournament to determine the division champion.- Games will take place on Wednesday evenings from 5:00 PM - 7:00 PM. Each team will play 2 matches per day, consisting of a best of 3 format against other teams in their division.- All games will be officiated by the players participating in the game. Any dispute of a made call will result in the replay of the point. - All games will follow USA Pickleball rules unless otherwise noted (please see attachment in the forms/links section below).- Regular season games are played to 11 points. Tournament games will be played to 21 points. - Subs are only permitted if one of the registered players cannot make it to a game. Subs are only allowed during the regular season. Benefits: - Improve your pickleball skills through regular gameplay and competition. - Build lasting friendships and connections within the pickleball community. - Stay active and healthy while having fun. - The winning team will receive a prize for their efforts.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 10:00 PM
|
Co-Ed Softball
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 10:00 PM
|
Co-Ed Softball
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM
|
Golf Lessons - Adult Novice Lessons - August
Program Description:All classes will be at Chris Cote's Top Tracer Range in Southington. The state-of-the-art facility is covered and heated so golf can be practiced in all types of weather. Adult Novice, Women Only, and Junior Clinics start at the beginning of each month and meet on the same day and at the same time for each of the 4-one hour sessions. Classes include fundamentals of the set-up, fundamentals of the golf swing, how to play with irons and woods, pitching, sand bunker play, chipping, putting, rules and etiquette, and much more. Participants can bring their own clubs or Chris Cote's will provide clubs to use during classes.*Participants who miss a class may attend a make-up date in the next session offered. Please reach out to Pete for more information or to confirm which session/date to attend.*Adult Novice classes consist of 4 one hour sessions covering a wide variety of topics. They are designed for the beginner golfer who has yet to pick up a club, as well as the more seasoned player who is struggling to break 100 and needs to work on different areas of their game. High school students ages 15 and up can sign up as well.Women Only classes are designed for the beginner golfer who is interested in learning the game, as well as the more experienced golfer who is looking to take their game to the next level. Classes consist of 4 one-hour sessions on weekday evenings that cover a wide variety of topics. High school students ages 15 and up can sign up as well.Junior Group Lessons consist of 4 one hour sessions covering a wide variety of topics. They are designed for the junior golfer (ages 7-14) who has never played before, as well as the more experienced player who wants to learn more about the game and improve their score. About the Instructor:Pete Stankevich, PGA Golf Professional and Men's and Women's Golf Coach at the University of Hartford is a two-time New England Division I Golf Association Coach of the Year. Stankevich turned pro in 1989. During that time, he competed in tournaments while working as a golf professional at various clubs, including Bear Lakes Country Club (West Palm Beach Fla.), Wampanoag Country Club, Clinton Country Club, Glastonbury Hills Country Club and Elmridge Golf Course. Stankevich was brought on as a teaching professional for Golf Quest Family Sports Center in Brookfield, Conn. Shortly thereafter, he was named the Head Golf Professional and Director of Instruction. From 1997 to 2023, he helped build Golf Quest Academy into one of the top golf academies in the Northeast, seeing it voted in the top-100 driving ranges/practice facilities in the nation almost annually by Golf Range Magazine. In addition, CTGolfer.com has named Stankevich one the state’s top-three instructors on numerous occasions. He has brought that skill set and work ethic to leading lessons at Chris Cote's. Program Benefits:By the completion of this program, participants will be able to:
- Properly set up and execute golf swing fundamentals with any club in the bag. - Identify and correct your personal swing tendencies with practice drills and fixes. - Recognize 6 of the most important rules of golf that you'll encounter on the course.
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Instructional Adult Pickleball Classes - Adult Pickleball Classes (Adv. Beginner/Low Intermediate)
Program Description: These instructional pickleball classes invite pickleball enthusiasts of all skill levels to engage in a fun and comprehensive instructional experience. Whether you're a beginner looking to pick up a new sport and understand the game better, or an advanced player aiming to refine your skills, this program has a class tailored just for you.New Beginner/Beginner: For brand new players or for players only playing a short period of time. You will learn how to play a doubles game as we go over scoring, proper positioning, and moving in unison with your partner. This program is social as you will rotate court to court and play with numerous partners. You will also receive lessons on Dinks, Volleys, & Serve/Return.Advanced Beginner/Low Intermediate: For players who already know the rules & scoring of a doubles game. We will go over positioning, game strategy, & moving in unison with your partner. This program is both social & competitive as you will play with numerous partners. There will also be lessons on Dinks, Reflex Volleys, & Serve/Return.About the Instructor: Ken Henderson is the Director and Founder of Traveling Pickleball Pros. Ken is a IPTPA Level 2 Master teaching Pro and has served as a longtime instructor for Ridgefield CT Parks & Recreation, Greenburgh NY Parks & Recreation, and Cheshire Parks & Recreation. Ken has taught over 60 thousand players throughout 21 states for the past 16 years. Ken has taught pickleball clinics & boot camps with some of the best Pickleball Pros throughout the nation like Coach Mo & Steve O’Connell. Additionally, Ken was recognized in Forbes Magazine for hosting Instructional Clinics & Events for large corporate groups.New Beginner/Beginner Program Benefits: - Playing with other like minded Players around your level of play in a fun & social environment while learning the fundamental Shots of Game at same time. - Learning the Rules, Proper Scoring & Positioning in a Doubles Game.- Playing with numerous partners while making new pickleball friends on courts.Advanced Beginner/Intermediate Program Benefits: - Participants will learn proper technique on soft shots, such as dink shots and 3rd shot drops.- Participants will learn fundamental technique on volleys and serve/returns.- Participants will understand proper positioning, game strategy and moving with their partner in doubles play.
|
|
|
|